ASTContext.cpp revision b15c8984ea300624fbbde385d3907667ce1043fa
16c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 26c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// 36c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 46c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// 56c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 66c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 76c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// 86c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 96c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// 106c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 116c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne// 126c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 136c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne 146c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 156c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 166c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 176c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 186c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 196c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 206c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 216c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 226c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 236c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 246c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 256c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 266c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 276c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 286c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 296c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 306c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 316c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 326c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 336c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 346c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 356c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 366c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include "CXXABI.h" 376c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne#include <map> 386c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne 396c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneusing namespace clang; 406c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourne 416c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 426c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 436c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 446c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 456c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 466c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 476c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 486c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 496c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 506c0aa5ff6e6253db0f993053599e2a52b5b93b2dPeter Collingbourneunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 53 54enum FloatingRank { 55 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 56}; 57 58RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 59 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 60 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 61 CommentsLoaded = true; 62 } 63 64 assert(D); 65 66 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 67 if (D->isImplicit()) 68 return NULL; 69 70 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 71 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 72 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 73 return NULL; 74 } 75 76 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 77 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 78 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 79 return NULL; 80 } 81 82 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 83 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 84 return NULL; 85 } 86 87 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 88 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 89 return NULL; 90 } 91 92 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 93 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 94 return NULL; 95 96 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 97 // documentation. 98 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 99 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 100 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 101 return NULL; 102 103 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 104 105 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 106 if (RawComments.empty()) 107 return NULL; 108 109 // Find declaration location. 110 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 111 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 112 // location". 113 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 114 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 115 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 116 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 117 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 118 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 119 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 120 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 121 else 122 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 123 124 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 125 // can't find the comment. 126 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 127 return NULL; 128 129 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 130 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 131 { 132 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 133 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 134 // first. 135 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 136 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 137 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 138 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 139 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 140 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 141 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 142 } 143 144 if (Found) { 145 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 146 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 147 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 148 } else { 149 // Slow path. 150 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 151 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 152 } 153 } 154 155 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 156 // file buffer. 157 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 158 159 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 160 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 161 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 162 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 163 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 164 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 165 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 166 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 167 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 168 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 169 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 170 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 171 return *Comment; 172 } 173 } 174 175 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 176 // Let's look at the previous comment. 177 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 178 return NULL; 179 --Comment; 180 181 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 182 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 183 return NULL; 184 185 // Decompose the end of the comment. 186 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 187 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 188 189 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 190 // aren't related. 191 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 192 return NULL; 193 194 // Get the corresponding buffer. 195 bool Invalid = false; 196 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 197 &Invalid).data(); 198 if (Invalid) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 202 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 203 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 204 205 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 206 // comment and declaration. 207 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 208 return NULL; 209 210 return *Comment; 211} 212 213namespace { 214/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 215/// refer to the actual template. 216/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 217const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 218 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 219 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 220 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 221 return FTD; 222 223 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 224 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 225 return D; 226 227 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 228 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 229 return FTD; 230 231 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 232 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 233 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 234 return MemberDecl; 235 236 return D; 237 } 238 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 239 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 240 // template? 241 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 242 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 243 return MemberDecl; 244 245 return D; 246 } 247 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 248 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 249 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 250 return CTD; 251 252 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 253 // specialization? 254 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 255 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 256 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 257 return D; 258 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 259 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 260 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 261 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 262 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 263 static_cast<const Decl*>( 264 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 265 } 266 267 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 268 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 269 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 270 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 271 272 return D; 273 } 274 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 275 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 276 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 277 return MemberDecl; 278 279 return D; 280 } 281 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 282 return D; 283} 284} // unnamed namespace 285 286const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 287 const Decl *D, 288 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 289 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 290 291 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 292 { 293 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 294 RedeclComments.find(D); 295 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 296 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 297 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 298 if (OriginalDecl) 299 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 300 return Raw.getRaw(); 301 } 302 } 303 } 304 305 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 306 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 307 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 308 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 309 E = D->redecls_end(); 310 I != E; ++I) { 311 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 312 RedeclComments.find(*I); 313 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 314 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 315 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 316 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 317 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 318 break; 319 } 320 } else { 321 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 322 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 323 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 324 if (RC) { 325 Raw.setRaw(RC); 326 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 327 } else 328 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 329 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 330 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 331 if (RC) 332 break; 333 } 334 } 335 336 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 337 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 338 339 if (OriginalDecl) 340 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 341 342 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 343 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 344 Raw.setRaw(RC); 345 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 346 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 347 348 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 349 E = D->redecls_end(); 350 I != E; ++I) { 351 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 352 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 353 R = Raw; 354 } 355 356 return RC; 357} 358 359static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 360 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 361 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 362 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 363 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 364 if (!ID) 365 return; 366 // Add redeclared method here. 367 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = ID->getFirstClassExtension(); 368 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 369 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 370 ClsExtDecl->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 371 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 372 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 373 } 374 } 375} 376 377comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 378 const Decl *D) const { 379 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 380 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 381 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 382 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 383 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 384 comments::FullComment *CFC = 385 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 386 ThisDeclInfo); 387 return CFC; 388 389} 390 391comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 392 const Decl *D, 393 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 394 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 395 396 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 397 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 398 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 399 400 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 401 if (Canonical != D) { 402 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 403 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 404 return CFC; 405 } 406 return Pos->second; 407 } 408 409 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 410 411 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 412 if (!RC) { 413 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 414 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 415 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 416 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 417 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 418 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) { 419 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) { 420 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 421 return CFC; 422 } 423 } 424 } 425 return NULL; 426 } 427 428 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 429 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 430 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 431 // different across redeclarations. 432 if (D != OriginalDecl) 433 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 434 435 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 436 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 437 return FC; 438} 439 440void 441ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 442 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 443 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 444 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 445 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 446 447 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 448 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 449 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 450 PEnd = Params->end(); 451 P != PEnd; ++P) { 452 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 453 ID.AddInteger(0); 454 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 455 continue; 456 } 457 458 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 459 ID.AddInteger(1); 460 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 461 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 462 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 463 ID.AddBoolean(true); 464 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 465 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 466 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 467 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 468 } 469 } else 470 ID.AddBoolean(false); 471 continue; 472 } 473 474 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 475 ID.AddInteger(2); 476 Profile(ID, TTP); 477 } 478} 479 480TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 481ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 482 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 483 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 484 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 485 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 486 void *InsertPos = 0; 487 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 488 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 489 if (Canonical) 490 return Canonical->getParam(); 491 492 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 493 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 494 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 495 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 496 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 497 PEnd = Params->end(); 498 P != PEnd; ++P) { 499 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 500 CanonParams.push_back( 501 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 502 SourceLocation(), 503 SourceLocation(), 504 TTP->getDepth(), 505 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 506 TTP->isParameterPack())); 507 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 508 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 509 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 510 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 511 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 512 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 513 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 514 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 515 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 516 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 517 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 518 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 519 } 520 521 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 522 SourceLocation(), 523 SourceLocation(), 524 NTTP->getDepth(), 525 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 526 T, 527 TInfo, 528 ExpandedTypes.data(), 529 ExpandedTypes.size(), 530 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 531 } else { 532 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 533 SourceLocation(), 534 SourceLocation(), 535 NTTP->getDepth(), 536 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 537 T, 538 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 539 TInfo); 540 } 541 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 542 543 } else 544 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 545 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 546 } 547 548 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 549 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 550 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 551 TTP->getPosition(), 552 TTP->isParameterPack(), 553 0, 554 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 555 SourceLocation(), 556 CanonParams.data(), 557 CanonParams.size(), 558 SourceLocation())); 559 560 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 561 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 562 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 563 (void)Canonical; 564 565 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 566 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 567 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 568 return CanonTTP; 569} 570 571CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 572 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 573 574 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 575 case CXXABI_ARM: 576 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 577 case CXXABI_Itanium: 578 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 579 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 580 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 581 } 582 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 583} 584 585static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 586 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 587 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 588 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 589 // language-specific address space. 590 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 591 1, // opencl_global 592 2, // opencl_local 593 3, // opencl_constant 594 4, // cuda_device 595 5, // cuda_constant 596 6 // cuda_shared 597 }; 598 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 599 } else { 600 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 601 } 602} 603 604ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 605 const TargetInfo *t, 606 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 607 Builtin::Context &builtins, 608 unsigned size_reserve, 609 bool DelayInitialization) 610 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 611 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 612 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 613 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 614 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 615 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 616 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 617 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 618 BOOLDecl(0), 619 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 620 FILEDecl(0), 621 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 622 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 623 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 624 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 625 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 626 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 627 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 628 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 629 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 630 DeclarationNames(*this), 631 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 632 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 633 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc), 634 LastSDM(0, 0), 635 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 636{ 637 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 638 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 639 640 if (!DelayInitialization) { 641 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 642 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 643 } 644} 645 646ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 647 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 648 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 649 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 650 651 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 652 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 653 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 654 655 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 656 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 657 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 658 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 659 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 660 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 661 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 662 R->Destroy(*this); 663 664 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 665 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 666 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 667 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 668 R->Destroy(*this); 669 } 670 671 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 672 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 673 A != AEnd; ++A) 674 A->second->~AttrVec(); 675} 676 677void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 678 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 679} 680 681void 682ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 683 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 684} 685 686void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 687 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 688 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 689 690 unsigned counts[] = { 691#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 692#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 693#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 694 0 // Extra 695 }; 696 697 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 698 Type *T = Types[i]; 699 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 700 } 701 702 unsigned Idx = 0; 703 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 704#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 705 if (counts[Idx]) \ 706 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 707 << " types\n"; \ 708 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 709 ++Idx; 710#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 711#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 712 713 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 714 715 // Implicit special member functions. 716 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 717 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 718 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 719 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 720 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 721 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 723 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 724 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 725 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 726 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 727 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 728 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 730 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 731 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 732 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 733 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 734 << NumImplicitDestructors 735 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 736 737 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 738 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 739 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 740 } 741 742 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 743} 744 745TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 746 if (!Int128Decl) { 747 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 748 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 749 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 750 SourceLocation(), 751 SourceLocation(), 752 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 753 TInfo); 754 } 755 756 return Int128Decl; 757} 758 759TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 760 if (!UInt128Decl) { 761 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 762 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 763 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 764 SourceLocation(), 765 SourceLocation(), 766 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 767 TInfo); 768 } 769 770 return UInt128Decl; 771} 772 773void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 774 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 775 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 776 Types.push_back(Ty); 777} 778 779void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 780 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 781 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 782 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 783 784 this->Target = &Target; 785 786 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 787 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 788 789 // C99 6.2.5p19. 790 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 791 792 // C99 6.2.5p2. 793 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 794 // C99 6.2.5p3. 795 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 796 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 797 else 798 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 799 // C99 6.2.5p4. 800 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 801 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 802 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 803 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 804 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 805 806 // C99 6.2.5p6. 807 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 808 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 809 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 810 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 811 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 812 813 // C99 6.2.5p10. 814 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 815 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 816 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 817 818 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 819 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 820 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 821 822 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 823 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 824 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 825 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 826 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 827 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 828 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 829 830 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 831 832 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 833 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 834 else // C99 835 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 836 837 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 838 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 839 else // C99 840 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 841 842 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 843 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 844 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 845 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 846 // expressions. 847 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 848 849 // Placeholder type for functions. 850 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 851 852 // Placeholder type for bound members. 853 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 854 855 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 856 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 857 858 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 859 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 860 861 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 862 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 863 864 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 865 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 866 867 // C99 6.2.5p11. 868 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 869 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 870 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 871 872 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 873 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 874 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 875 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 876 877 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 878 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 879 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 880 881 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 882 883 // void * type 884 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 885 886 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 887 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 888 889 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 890 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 891 892 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 893 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 894} 895 896DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 897 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 898} 899 900AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 901 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 902 if (!Result) { 903 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 904 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 905 } 906 907 return *Result; 908} 909 910/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 911void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 912 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 913 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 914 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 915 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 916 } 917} 918 919MemberSpecializationInfo * 920ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 921 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 922 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 923 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 924 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 925 return 0; 926 927 return Pos->second; 928} 929 930void 931ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 932 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 933 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 934 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 935 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 936 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 937 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 938 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 939 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 940} 941 942FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 943 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 944 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 945 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 946 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 947 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 948 return 0; 949 950 return Pos->second; 951} 952 953void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 954 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 955 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 956 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 957 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 958} 959 960NamedDecl * 961ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 962 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 963 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 964 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 965 return 0; 966 967 return Pos->second; 968} 969 970void 971ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 972 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 973 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 974 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 975 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 976 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 977 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 978} 979 980UsingShadowDecl * 981ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 982 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 983 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 984 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 985 return 0; 986 987 return Pos->second; 988} 989 990void 991ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 992 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 993 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 994 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 995} 996 997FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 998 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 999 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1000 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1001 return 0; 1002 1003 return Pos->second; 1004} 1005 1006void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1007 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1008 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1009 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1010 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1011 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1012 1013 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1014} 1015 1016bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1017 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1018 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1019 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1020} 1021 1022bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1023 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1024 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1025 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1026 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1027} 1028 1029bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1030 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1031 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1032 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1033 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1034} 1035 1036bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1037 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1038 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1039 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1040} 1041 1042bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1043 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1044 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1045 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1046} 1047 1048ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1049ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1050 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1051 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1052 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1053 return 0; 1054 1055 return Pos->second.begin(); 1056} 1057 1058ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1059ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1060 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1061 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1062 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1063 return 0; 1064 1065 return Pos->second.end(); 1066} 1067 1068unsigned 1069ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1070 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1071 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1072 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1073 return 0; 1074 1075 return Pos->second.size(); 1076} 1077 1078void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1079 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1080 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1081 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1082} 1083 1084void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1085 const NamedDecl *D, 1086 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1087 assert(D); 1088 1089 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1090 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(), 1091 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods()); 1092 return; 1093 } 1094 1095 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1096 if (!Method) 1097 return; 1098 1099 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1100 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1101 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1102} 1103 1104void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1105 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1106 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1107 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1108 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1109 LastLocalImport = Import; 1110 return; 1111 } 1112 1113 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1114 LastLocalImport = Import; 1115} 1116 1117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1118// Type Sizing and Analysis 1119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1120 1121/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1122/// scalar floating point type. 1123const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1124 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1125 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1126 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1127 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1128 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1129 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1130 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1131 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1132 } 1133} 1134 1135/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1136/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1137/// this method will assert on them. 1138/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1139/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1140CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1141 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1142 1143 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1144 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1145 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1146 1147 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1148 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1149 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1150 // 1151 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1152 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1153 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1154 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1155 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1156 } else { 1157 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1158 } 1159 } 1160 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1161 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1162 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1163 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1164 1165 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1166 // else about the declaration and its type. 1167 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1168 // do nothing 1169 1170 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1171 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1172 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1173 if (RefAsPointee) 1174 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1175 else 1176 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1177 } 1178 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1179 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1180 // large-array alignment on the target. 1181 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1182 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1183 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1184 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1185 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1186 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1187 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1188 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1189 1190 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1191 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1192 } 1193 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1194 } 1195 1196 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1197 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1198 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1199 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1200 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1201 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1202 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1203 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1204 1205 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1206 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1207 1208 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1209 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1210 if (offset > 0) { 1211 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1212 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1213 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1214 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1215 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1216 } 1217 1218 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 1222 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1223} 1224 1225// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1226// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1227// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1228// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1229std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1230ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1231 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1232 1233 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1234 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1235 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1236 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1237 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1238 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1239 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 return sizeAndAlign; 1244} 1245 1246std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1247ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1248 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1249 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1250 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1251} 1252 1253std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1254ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1255 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1256} 1257 1258std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1259 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1260 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1261 return it->second; 1262 1263 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1264 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1265 return Info; 1266} 1267 1268/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1269/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1270/// 1271/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1272/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1273/// should take a QualType, &c. 1274std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1275ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1276 uint64_t Width=0; 1277 unsigned Align=8; 1278 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1279#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1280#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1281#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1282#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1283#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1284 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1285 1286 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1287 case Type::FunctionProto: 1288 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1289 Width = 0; 1290 Align = 32; 1291 break; 1292 1293 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1294 case Type::VariableArray: 1295 Width = 0; 1296 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1297 break; 1298 1299 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1300 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1301 1302 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1303 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1304 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1305 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1306 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1307 Align = EltInfo.second; 1308 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1309 break; 1310 } 1311 case Type::ExtVector: 1312 case Type::Vector: { 1313 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1314 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1315 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1316 Align = Width; 1317 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1318 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1319 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1320 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1321 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1322 } 1323 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1324 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1325 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1326 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1327 break; 1328 } 1329 1330 case Type::Builtin: 1331 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1332 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1333 case BuiltinType::Void: 1334 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1335 Width = 0; 1336 Align = 8; 1337 break; 1338 1339 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1340 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1341 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1342 break; 1343 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1344 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1345 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1346 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1347 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1348 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1349 break; 1350 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1351 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1352 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1353 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1354 break; 1355 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1356 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1357 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1358 break; 1359 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1360 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1361 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1362 break; 1363 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1364 case BuiltinType::Short: 1365 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1366 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1367 break; 1368 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1369 case BuiltinType::Int: 1370 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1371 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1372 break; 1373 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1374 case BuiltinType::Long: 1375 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1376 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1377 break; 1378 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1379 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1380 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1381 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1382 break; 1383 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1384 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1385 Width = 128; 1386 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1387 break; 1388 case BuiltinType::Half: 1389 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1390 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1391 break; 1392 case BuiltinType::Float: 1393 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1394 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1395 break; 1396 case BuiltinType::Double: 1397 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1398 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1399 break; 1400 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1401 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1402 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1403 break; 1404 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1405 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1406 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1407 break; 1408 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1409 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1410 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1411 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1412 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1413 break; 1414 } 1415 break; 1416 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1417 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1418 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1419 break; 1420 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1421 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1422 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1423 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1424 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1425 break; 1426 } 1427 case Type::LValueReference: 1428 case Type::RValueReference: { 1429 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1430 // the pointer route. 1431 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1432 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1433 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1434 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1435 break; 1436 } 1437 case Type::Pointer: { 1438 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1439 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1440 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1441 break; 1442 } 1443 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1444 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1445 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1446 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1447 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1448 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1449 break; 1450 } 1451 case Type::Complex: { 1452 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1453 // size. 1454 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1455 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1456 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1457 Align = EltInfo.second; 1458 break; 1459 } 1460 case Type::ObjCObject: 1461 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1462 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1463 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1464 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1465 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1466 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1467 break; 1468 } 1469 case Type::Record: 1470 case Type::Enum: { 1471 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1472 1473 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1474 Width = 8; 1475 Align = 8; 1476 break; 1477 } 1478 1479 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1480 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1481 1482 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1483 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1484 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1485 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1486 break; 1487 } 1488 1489 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1490 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1491 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1492 1493 case Type::Auto: { 1494 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1495 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1496 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1497 } 1498 1499 case Type::Paren: 1500 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1501 1502 case Type::Typedef: { 1503 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1504 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1505 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1506 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1507 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1508 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1509 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1510 Align = AttrAlign; 1511 else 1512 Align = Info.second; 1513 Width = Info.first; 1514 break; 1515 } 1516 1517 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1518 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1519 .getTypePtr()); 1520 1521 case Type::TypeOf: 1522 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1523 1524 case Type::Decltype: 1525 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1526 .getTypePtr()); 1527 1528 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1529 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1530 1531 case Type::Elaborated: 1532 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1533 1534 case Type::Attributed: 1535 return getTypeInfo( 1536 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1537 1538 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1539 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1540 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1541 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1542 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1543 // aligned attribute on it. 1544 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1545 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1546 else 1547 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1548 } 1549 1550 case Type::Atomic: { 1551 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1552 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1553 Width = Info.first; 1554 Align = Info.second; 1555 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1556 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1557 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1558 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1559 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1560 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1561 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1562 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1563 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1564 } 1565 } 1566 1567 } 1568 1569 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1570 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1571} 1572 1573/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1574CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1575 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1576} 1577 1578/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1579int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1580 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1581} 1582 1583/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1584/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1585CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1586 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1587} 1588CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1589 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1590} 1591 1592/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1593/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1594CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1595 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1596} 1597CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1598 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1599} 1600 1601/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1602/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1603/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1604/// a data type. 1605unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1606 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1607 1608 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1609 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1610 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1611 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1612 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1613 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1614 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1615 1616 return ABIAlign; 1617} 1618 1619/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1620/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1621/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1622/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1623/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1624/// 1625void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1626 bool leafClass, 1627 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1628 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1629 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1630 if (!leafClass) { 1631 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1632 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1633 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1634 } else { 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1636 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1637 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1638 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1639 } 1640} 1641 1642/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1643/// those inherited by it. 1644void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1645 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1646 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1647 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1648 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1649 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1650 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1651 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1652 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1653 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1654 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1655 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1656 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1657 } 1658 } 1659 1660 // Categories of this Interface. 1661 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1662 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1663 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1664 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1665 while (SD) { 1666 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1667 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1668 } 1669 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1670 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1671 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1672 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1673 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1674 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1675 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1676 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1677 } 1678 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1679 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1680 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1681 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1682 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1683 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1684 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1685 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1686 } 1687 } 1688} 1689 1690unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1691 unsigned count = 0; 1692 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1693 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1694 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1695 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1696 1697 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1698 // includes synthesized ivars. 1699 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1700 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1701 1702 return count; 1703} 1704 1705bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1706 if (!E) 1707 return false; 1708 1709 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1710 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1711 1712 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1713 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1714 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1715 return true; 1716 1717 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1718 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1719 1720 return false; 1721} 1722 1723/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1724ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1725 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1726 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1727 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1728 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1729 return 0; 1730} 1731/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1732ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1733 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1734 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1735 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1736 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1737 return 0; 1738} 1739 1740/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1741void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1742 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1743 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1744 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1745} 1746/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1747void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1748 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1749 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1750 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1751} 1752 1753ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1754 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1755 return ID; 1756 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1757 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1758 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1759 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1760 1761 return 0; 1762} 1763 1764/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1765/// none exists. 1766Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1767 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1768 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1769 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1770 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1771 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1772 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1773} 1774 1775/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1776void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1777 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1778 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1779 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1780 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1781} 1782 1783TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1784 unsigned DataSize) const { 1785 if (!DataSize) 1786 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1787 else 1788 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1789 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1790 1791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1792 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1793 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1794 return TInfo; 1795} 1796 1797TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1798 SourceLocation L) const { 1799 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1800 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1801 return DI; 1802} 1803 1804const ASTRecordLayout & 1805ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1806 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1807} 1808 1809const ASTRecordLayout & 1810ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1811 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1812 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1813} 1814 1815//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1816// Type creation/memoization methods 1817//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1818 1819QualType 1820ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1821 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1822 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1823 1824 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1825 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1826 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1827 void *insertPos = 0; 1828 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1829 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1830 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1831 } 1832 1833 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1834 QualType canon; 1835 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1836 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1837 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1838 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1839 1840 // Re-find the insert position. 1841 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1842 } 1843 1844 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1845 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1846 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1847} 1848 1849QualType 1850ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1851 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1852 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1853 return T; 1854 1855 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1856 // into one ExtQuals node. 1857 QualifierCollector Quals; 1858 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1859 1860 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1861 // another one. 1862 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1863 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1864 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1865 1866 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1867} 1868 1869QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1870 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1871 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1872 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1873 return T; 1874 1875 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1876 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1877 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1878 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1879 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1880 } 1881 } 1882 1883 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1884 // into one ExtQuals node. 1885 QualifierCollector Quals; 1886 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1887 1888 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1889 // another one. 1890 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1891 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1892 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1893 1894 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1895} 1896 1897const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1898 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1899 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1900 return T; 1901 1902 QualType Result; 1903 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1904 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1905 } else { 1906 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1907 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1908 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1909 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1910 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1911 } 1912 1913 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1914} 1915 1916/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1917/// number with the specified element type. 1918QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1919 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1920 // structure. 1921 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1922 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1923 1924 void *InsertPos = 0; 1925 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1926 return QualType(CT, 0); 1927 1928 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1929 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1930 QualType Canonical; 1931 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1932 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1933 1934 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1935 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1936 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1937 } 1938 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1939 Types.push_back(New); 1940 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1941 return QualType(New, 0); 1942} 1943 1944/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1945/// the specified type. 1946QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1947 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1948 // structure. 1949 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1950 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1951 1952 void *InsertPos = 0; 1953 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1954 return QualType(PT, 0); 1955 1956 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1957 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1958 QualType Canonical; 1959 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1960 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1961 1962 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1963 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1964 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1965 } 1966 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1967 Types.push_back(New); 1968 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1969 return QualType(New, 0); 1970} 1971 1972/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1973/// a pointer to the specified block. 1974QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1975 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1976 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1977 // structure. 1978 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1979 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1980 1981 void *InsertPos = 0; 1982 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1983 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1984 return QualType(PT, 0); 1985 1986 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1987 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1988 QualType Canonical; 1989 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1990 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1991 1992 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1993 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1994 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1995 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1996 } 1997 BlockPointerType *New 1998 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1999 Types.push_back(New); 2000 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2001 return QualType(New, 0); 2002} 2003 2004/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2005/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2006QualType 2007ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2008 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2009 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2010 2011 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2012 // structure. 2013 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2014 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2015 2016 void *InsertPos = 0; 2017 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2018 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2019 return QualType(RT, 0); 2020 2021 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2022 2023 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2024 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2025 QualType Canonical; 2026 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2027 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2028 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2029 2030 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2031 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2032 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2033 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2034 } 2035 2036 LValueReferenceType *New 2037 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2038 SpelledAsLValue); 2039 Types.push_back(New); 2040 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2041 2042 return QualType(New, 0); 2043} 2044 2045/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2046/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2047QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2048 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2049 // structure. 2050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2051 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2052 2053 void *InsertPos = 0; 2054 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2055 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2056 return QualType(RT, 0); 2057 2058 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2059 2060 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2061 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2062 QualType Canonical; 2063 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2064 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2065 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2066 2067 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2068 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2069 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2070 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2071 } 2072 2073 RValueReferenceType *New 2074 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2075 Types.push_back(New); 2076 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2077 return QualType(New, 0); 2078} 2079 2080/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2081/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2082QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2083 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2084 // structure. 2085 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2086 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2087 2088 void *InsertPos = 0; 2089 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2090 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2091 return QualType(PT, 0); 2092 2093 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2094 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2095 QualType Canonical; 2096 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2097 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2098 2099 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2100 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2101 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2102 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2103 } 2104 MemberPointerType *New 2105 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2106 Types.push_back(New); 2107 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2108 return QualType(New, 0); 2109} 2110 2111/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2112/// array of the specified element type. 2113QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2114 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2115 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2116 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2117 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2118 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2119 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2120 2121 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2122 // the target. 2123 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2124 ArySize = 2125 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2126 2127 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2128 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2129 2130 void *InsertPos = 0; 2131 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2132 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2133 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2134 2135 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2136 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2137 QualType Canon; 2138 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2139 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2140 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2141 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2142 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2143 2144 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2145 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2146 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2147 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2148 } 2149 2150 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2151 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2152 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2153 Types.push_back(New); 2154 return QualType(New, 0); 2155} 2156 2157/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2158/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2159/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2160QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2161 // Vastly most common case. 2162 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2163 2164 QualType result; 2165 2166 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2167 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2168 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2169#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2170#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2171#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2172#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2173 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2174 2175 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2176 case Type::Builtin: 2177 case Type::Complex: 2178 case Type::Vector: 2179 case Type::ExtVector: 2180 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2181 case Type::ObjCObject: 2182 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2183 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2184 case Type::Record: 2185 case Type::Enum: 2186 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2187 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2188 case Type::TypeOf: 2189 case Type::Decltype: 2190 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2191 case Type::DependentName: 2192 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2193 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2194 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2195 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2196 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2197 case Type::Auto: 2198 case Type::PackExpansion: 2199 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2200 2201 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2202 // further decay. 2203 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2204 case Type::FunctionProto: 2205 case Type::BlockPointer: 2206 case Type::MemberPointer: 2207 return type; 2208 2209 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2210 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2211 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2212 // optimizations available here. 2213 case Type::Pointer: 2214 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2215 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2216 break; 2217 2218 case Type::LValueReference: { 2219 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2220 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2221 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2222 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2223 break; 2224 } 2225 2226 case Type::RValueReference: { 2227 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2228 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2229 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2230 break; 2231 } 2232 2233 case Type::Atomic: { 2234 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2235 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2236 break; 2237 } 2238 2239 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2240 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2241 result = getConstantArrayType( 2242 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2243 cat->getSize(), 2244 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2245 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2246 break; 2247 } 2248 2249 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2250 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2251 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2252 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2253 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2254 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2255 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2256 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2257 break; 2258 } 2259 2260 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2261 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2262 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2263 result = getVariableArrayType( 2264 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2265 /*size*/ 0, 2266 ArrayType::Normal, 2267 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2268 SourceRange()); 2269 break; 2270 } 2271 2272 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2273 case Type::VariableArray: { 2274 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2275 result = getVariableArrayType( 2276 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2277 /*size*/ 0, 2278 ArrayType::Star, 2279 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2280 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 } 2284 2285 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2286 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2287} 2288 2289/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2290/// variable array of the specified element type. 2291QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2292 Expr *NumElts, 2293 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2294 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2295 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2296 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2297 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2298 QualType Canon; 2299 2300 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2301 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2302 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2303 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2304 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2305 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2306 } 2307 2308 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2309 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2310 2311 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2312 Types.push_back(New); 2313 return QualType(New, 0); 2314} 2315 2316/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2317/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2318/// type. 2319QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2320 Expr *numElements, 2321 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2322 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2323 SourceRange brackets) const { 2324 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2325 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2326 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2327 2328 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2329 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2330 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2331 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2332 if (!numElements) { 2333 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2334 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2335 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2336 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2337 brackets); 2338 Types.push_back(newType); 2339 return QualType(newType, 0); 2340 } 2341 2342 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2343 // also build a canonical type. 2344 2345 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2346 2347 void *insertPos = 0; 2348 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2349 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2350 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2351 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2352 2353 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2354 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2355 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2356 2357 // If we don't have one, build one. 2358 if (!canonTy) { 2359 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2360 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2361 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2362 brackets); 2363 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2364 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2365 } 2366 2367 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2368 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2369 canonElementType.Quals); 2370 2371 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2372 // then just use that as our result. 2373 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2374 return canon; 2375 2376 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2377 // of the element type. 2378 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2379 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2380 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2381 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2382 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2383 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2384} 2385 2386QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2387 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2388 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2390 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2391 2392 void *insertPos = 0; 2393 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2394 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2395 return QualType(iat, 0); 2396 2397 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2398 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2399 // qualifiers off the element type. 2400 QualType canon; 2401 2402 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2403 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2404 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2405 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2406 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2407 2408 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2409 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2410 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2411 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2412 } 2413 2414 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2415 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2416 2417 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2418 Types.push_back(newType); 2419 return QualType(newType, 0); 2420} 2421 2422/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2423/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2424QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2425 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2426 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2427 2428 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2429 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2430 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2431 2432 void *InsertPos = 0; 2433 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2434 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2435 2436 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2437 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2438 QualType Canonical; 2439 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2440 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2441 2442 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2443 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2444 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2445 } 2446 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2447 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2448 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2449 Types.push_back(New); 2450 return QualType(New, 0); 2451} 2452 2453/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2454/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2455QualType 2456ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2457 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2458 2459 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2460 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2461 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2462 VectorType::GenericVector); 2463 void *InsertPos = 0; 2464 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2465 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2466 2467 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2468 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2469 QualType Canonical; 2470 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2471 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2472 2473 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2474 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2475 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2476 } 2477 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2478 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2479 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2480 Types.push_back(New); 2481 return QualType(New, 0); 2482} 2483 2484QualType 2485ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2486 Expr *SizeExpr, 2487 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2488 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2489 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2490 SizeExpr); 2491 2492 void *InsertPos = 0; 2493 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2494 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2495 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2496 if (Canon) { 2497 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2498 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2499 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2500 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2501 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2502 } else { 2503 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2504 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2505 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2506 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2507 AttrLoc); 2508 2509 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2510 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2511 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2512 (void)CanonCheck; 2513 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2514 } else { 2515 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2516 SourceLocation()); 2517 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2518 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2519 } 2520 } 2521 2522 Types.push_back(New); 2523 return QualType(New, 0); 2524} 2525 2526/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2527/// 2528QualType 2529ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2530 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2531 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2532 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2533 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2534 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2535 // structure. 2536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2537 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2538 2539 void *InsertPos = 0; 2540 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2541 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2542 return QualType(FT, 0); 2543 2544 QualType Canonical; 2545 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2546 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2547 Canonical = 2548 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2549 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2550 2551 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2552 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2553 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2554 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2555 } 2556 2557 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2558 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2559 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2560 Types.push_back(New); 2561 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2562 return QualType(New, 0); 2563} 2564 2565/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2566/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2567QualType 2568ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2569 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2570 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2571 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2572 // structure. 2573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2574 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2575 2576 void *InsertPos = 0; 2577 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2578 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2579 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2580 2581 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2582 bool isCanonical = 2583 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2584 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2585 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2586 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2587 isCanonical = false; 2588 2589 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2590 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2591 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2592 2593 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2594 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2595 QualType Canonical; 2596 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2597 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2598 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2599 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2600 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2601 2602 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2603 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2604 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2605 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2606 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2607 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2608 2609 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2610 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2611 CanonicalEPI); 2612 2613 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2614 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2615 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2616 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2617 } 2618 2619 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2620 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2621 // - parameter types 2622 // - exception types 2623 // - consumed-arguments flags 2624 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2625 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2626 // specification. 2627 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2628 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2629 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2630 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2631 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2632 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2633 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2634 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2635 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2636 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2637 } 2638 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2639 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2640 2641 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2642 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2643 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2644 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2645 Types.push_back(FTP); 2646 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2647 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2648} 2649 2650#ifndef NDEBUG 2651static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2652 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2653 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2654 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2655 return true; 2656 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2657 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2658 return true; 2659 return false; 2660} 2661#endif 2662 2663/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2664/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2665QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2666 QualType TST) const { 2667 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2668 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2669 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2670 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2671 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2672 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2673 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2674 } else { 2675 Type *newType = 2676 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2677 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2678 Types.push_back(newType); 2679 } 2680 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2681} 2682 2683/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2684/// specified type declaration. 2685QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2686 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2687 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2688 2689 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2690 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2691 2692 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2693 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2694 2695 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2696 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2697 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2698 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2699 return getRecordType(Record); 2700 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2701 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2702 "enum has previous declaration"); 2703 return getEnumType(Enum); 2704 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2705 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2706 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2707 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2708 Types.push_back(newType); 2709 } else 2710 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2711 2712 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2713} 2714 2715/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2716/// specified typedef name decl. 2717QualType 2718ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2719 QualType Canonical) const { 2720 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2721 2722 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2723 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2724 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2725 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2726 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2727 Types.push_back(newType); 2728 return QualType(newType, 0); 2729} 2730 2731QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2732 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2733 2734 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2735 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2736 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2737 2738 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2739 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2740 Types.push_back(newType); 2741 return QualType(newType, 0); 2742} 2743 2744QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2745 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2746 2747 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2748 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2749 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2750 2751 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2752 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2753 Types.push_back(newType); 2754 return QualType(newType, 0); 2755} 2756 2757QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2758 QualType modifiedType, 2759 QualType equivalentType) { 2760 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2761 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2762 2763 void *insertPos = 0; 2764 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2765 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2766 2767 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2768 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2769 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2770 2771 Types.push_back(type); 2772 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2773 2774 return QualType(type, 0); 2775} 2776 2777 2778/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2779QualType 2780ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2781 QualType Replacement) const { 2782 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2783 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2784 2785 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2786 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2787 void *InsertPos = 0; 2788 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2789 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2790 2791 if (!SubstParm) { 2792 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2793 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2794 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2795 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2796 } 2797 2798 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2799} 2800 2801/// \brief Retrieve a 2802QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2803 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2804 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2805#ifndef NDEBUG 2806 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2807 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2808 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2809 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2810 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2811 } 2812#endif 2813 2814 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2815 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2816 void *InsertPos = 0; 2817 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2818 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2819 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2820 2821 QualType Canon; 2822 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2823 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2824 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2825 ArgPack); 2826 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2827 } 2828 2829 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2830 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2831 ArgPack); 2832 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2833 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2834 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2835} 2836 2837/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2838/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2839/// name. 2840QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2841 bool ParameterPack, 2842 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2843 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2844 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2845 void *InsertPos = 0; 2846 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2847 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2848 2849 if (TypeParm) 2850 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2851 2852 if (TTPDecl) { 2853 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2854 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2855 2856 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2857 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2858 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2859 (void)TypeCheck; 2860 } else 2861 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2862 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2863 2864 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2865 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2866 2867 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2868} 2869 2870TypeSourceInfo * 2871ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2872 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2873 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2874 QualType Underlying) const { 2875 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2876 "No dependent template names here!"); 2877 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2878 2879 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2880 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2881 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2882 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2883 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2884 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2885 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2886 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2887 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2888 return DI; 2889} 2890 2891QualType 2892ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2893 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2894 QualType Underlying) const { 2895 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2896 "No dependent template names here!"); 2897 2898 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2899 2900 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2901 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2902 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2903 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2904 2905 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2906 Underlying); 2907} 2908 2909#ifndef NDEBUG 2910static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2911 unsigned NumArgs) { 2912 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2913 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2914 return true; 2915 2916 return true; 2917} 2918#endif 2919 2920QualType 2921ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2922 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2923 unsigned NumArgs, 2924 QualType Underlying) const { 2925 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2926 "No dependent template names here!"); 2927 // Look through qualified template names. 2928 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2929 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2930 2931 bool IsTypeAlias = 2932 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2933 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2934 QualType CanonType; 2935 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2936 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2937 else { 2938 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2939 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2940 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2941 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2942 IsTypeAlias = false; 2943 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2944 NumArgs); 2945 } 2946 2947 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2948 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2949 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2950 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2951 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2952 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2953 TypeAlignment); 2954 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2955 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2956 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2957 2958 Types.push_back(Spec); 2959 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2960} 2961 2962QualType 2963ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2964 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2965 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2966 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2967 "No dependent template names here!"); 2968 2969 // Look through qualified template names. 2970 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2971 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2972 2973 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2974 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2975 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2976 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2977 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2978 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2979 2980 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2981 // exists. 2982 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2983 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2984 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2985 2986 void *InsertPos = 0; 2987 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2988 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2989 2990 if (!Spec) { 2991 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2992 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2993 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2994 TypeAlignment); 2995 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2996 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2997 QualType(), QualType()); 2998 Types.push_back(Spec); 2999 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3000 } 3001 3002 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3003 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3004 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3005} 3006 3007QualType 3008ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3009 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3010 QualType NamedType) const { 3011 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3012 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3013 3014 void *InsertPos = 0; 3015 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3016 if (T) 3017 return QualType(T, 0); 3018 3019 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3020 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3021 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3022 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3023 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3024 (void)CheckT; 3025 } 3026 3027 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3028 Types.push_back(T); 3029 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3030 return QualType(T, 0); 3031} 3032 3033QualType 3034ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3035 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3036 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3037 3038 void *InsertPos = 0; 3039 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3040 if (T) 3041 return QualType(T, 0); 3042 3043 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3044 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3045 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3046 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3047 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3048 (void)CheckT; 3049 } 3050 3051 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3052 Types.push_back(T); 3053 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3054 return QualType(T, 0); 3055} 3056 3057QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3058 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3059 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3060 QualType Canon) const { 3061 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3062 3063 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3064 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3065 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3066 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3067 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3068 3069 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3070 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3071 } 3072 3073 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3074 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3075 3076 void *InsertPos = 0; 3077 DependentNameType *T 3078 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3079 if (T) 3080 return QualType(T, 0); 3081 3082 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3083 Types.push_back(T); 3084 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3085 return QualType(T, 0); 3086} 3087 3088QualType 3089ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3090 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3092 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3093 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3094 // TODO: avoid this copy 3095 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3096 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3097 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3098 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3099 ArgCopy.size(), 3100 ArgCopy.data()); 3101} 3102 3103QualType 3104ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3105 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3106 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3107 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3108 unsigned NumArgs, 3109 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3110 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3111 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3112 3113 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3114 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3115 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3116 3117 void *InsertPos = 0; 3118 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3119 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3120 if (T) 3121 return QualType(T, 0); 3122 3123 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3124 3125 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3126 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3127 3128 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3129 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3130 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3131 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3132 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3133 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3134 } 3135 3136 QualType Canon; 3137 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3138 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3139 Name, NumArgs, 3140 CanonArgs.data()); 3141 3142 // Find the insert position again. 3143 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3144 } 3145 3146 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3147 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3148 TypeAlignment); 3149 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3150 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3151 Types.push_back(T); 3152 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3153 return QualType(T, 0); 3154} 3155 3156QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3157 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3158 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3159 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3160 3161 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3162 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3163 void *InsertPos = 0; 3164 PackExpansionType *T 3165 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3166 if (T) 3167 return QualType(T, 0); 3168 3169 QualType Canon; 3170 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3171 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3172 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3173 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3174 // parameters. 3175 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3176 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3177 3178 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3179 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3180 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3181 } 3182 } 3183 3184 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3185 Types.push_back(T); 3186 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3187 return QualType(T, 0); 3188} 3189 3190/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3191/// alphabetically. 3192static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3193 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3194 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3195} 3196 3197static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3198 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3199 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3200 3201 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3202 return false; 3203 3204 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3205 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3206 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3207 return false; 3208 return true; 3209} 3210 3211static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3212 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3213 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3214 3215 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3216 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3217 3218 // Canonicalize. 3219 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3220 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3221 3222 // Remove duplicates. 3223 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3224 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3225} 3226 3227QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3228 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3229 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3230 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3231 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3232 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3233 return BaseType; 3234 3235 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3237 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3238 void *InsertPos = 0; 3239 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3240 return QualType(QT, 0); 3241 3242 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3243 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3244 QualType Canonical; 3245 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3246 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3247 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3248 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3249 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3250 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3251 3252 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3253 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3254 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3255 } else { 3256 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3257 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3258 } 3259 3260 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3261 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3262 } 3263 3264 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3265 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3266 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3267 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3268 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3269 3270 Types.push_back(T); 3271 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3272 return QualType(T, 0); 3273} 3274 3275/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3276/// the given object type. 3277QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3278 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3279 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3280 3281 void *InsertPos = 0; 3282 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3283 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3284 return QualType(QT, 0); 3285 3286 // Find the canonical object type. 3287 QualType Canonical; 3288 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3289 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3290 3291 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3292 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3293 } 3294 3295 // No match. 3296 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3297 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3298 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3299 3300 Types.push_back(QType); 3301 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3302 return QualType(QType, 0); 3303} 3304 3305/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3306/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3307QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3308 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3309 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3310 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3311 3312 if (PrevDecl) { 3313 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3314 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3315 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3316 } 3317 3318 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3319 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3320 Decl = Def; 3321 3322 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3323 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3324 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3325 Types.push_back(T); 3326 return QualType(T, 0); 3327} 3328 3329/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3330/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3331/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3332/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3333/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3334QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3335 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3336 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3337 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3338 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3339 3340 void *InsertPos = 0; 3341 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3342 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3343 if (Canon) { 3344 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3345 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3346 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3347 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3348 } else { 3349 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3350 Canon 3351 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3352 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3353 toe = Canon; 3354 } 3355 } else { 3356 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3357 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3358 } 3359 Types.push_back(toe); 3360 return QualType(toe, 0); 3361} 3362 3363/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3364/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3365/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3366/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3367/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3368QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3369 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3370 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3371 Types.push_back(tot); 3372 return QualType(tot, 0); 3373} 3374 3375 3376/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3377/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3378/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3379/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3380/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3381QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3382 DecltypeType *dt; 3383 3384 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3385 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3386 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3387 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3388 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3389 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3390 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3391 3392 void *InsertPos = 0; 3393 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3394 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3395 if (Canon) { 3396 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3397 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3398 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3399 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3400 } else { 3401 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3402 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3403 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3404 dt = Canon; 3405 } 3406 } else { 3407 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3408 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3409 } 3410 Types.push_back(dt); 3411 return QualType(dt, 0); 3412} 3413 3414/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3415/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3416QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3417 QualType UnderlyingType, 3418 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3419 const { 3420 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3421 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3422 Kind, 3423 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3424 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3425 Types.push_back(Ty); 3426 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3427} 3428 3429/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3430QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3431 void *InsertPos = 0; 3432 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3433 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3434 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3435 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3436 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3437 return QualType(AT, 0); 3438 } 3439 3440 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3441 Types.push_back(AT); 3442 if (InsertPos) 3443 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3444 return QualType(AT, 0); 3445} 3446 3447/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3448/// the given value type. 3449QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3450 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3451 // structure. 3452 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3453 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3454 3455 void *InsertPos = 0; 3456 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3457 return QualType(AT, 0); 3458 3459 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3460 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3461 QualType Canonical; 3462 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3463 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3464 3465 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3466 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3467 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3468 } 3469 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3470 Types.push_back(New); 3471 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3472 return QualType(New, 0); 3473} 3474 3475/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3476QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3477 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3478 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3479 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3480 return AutoDeductTy; 3481} 3482 3483/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3484QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3485 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3486 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3487 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3488 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3489} 3490 3491/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3492/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3493QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3494 assert (Decl); 3495 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3496 // away const? mutable? 3497 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3498} 3499 3500/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3501/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3502/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3503CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3504 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3505} 3506 3507/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3508CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3509 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3510} 3511 3512/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3513CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3514 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3515} 3516 3517/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3518/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3519QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3520 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3521 return WCharTy; 3522} 3523 3524/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3525/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3526QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3527 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3528 return UnsignedIntTy; 3529} 3530 3531/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3532/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3533QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3534 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3535} 3536 3537/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3538/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3539QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3540 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3541} 3542 3543//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3544// Type Operators 3545//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3546 3547CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3548 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3549 // qualifiers. 3550 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3551 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3552 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3553 QualType Result; 3554 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3555 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3556 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3557 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3558 } else { 3559 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3560 } 3561 3562 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3563} 3564 3565QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3566 Qualifiers &quals) { 3567 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3568 3569 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3570 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3571 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3572 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3573 const ArrayType *AT = 3574 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3575 3576 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3577 if (!AT) { 3578 quals = splitType.Quals; 3579 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3580 } 3581 3582 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3583 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3584 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3585 3586 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3587 // can just use the results in splitType. 3588 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3589 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3590 quals = splitType.Quals; 3591 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3592 } 3593 3594 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3595 // build the type back up. 3596 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3597 3598 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3599 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3600 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3601 } 3602 3603 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3604 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3605 } 3606 3607 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3608 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3609 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3610 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3611 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3612 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3613 } 3614 3615 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3616 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3617 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3618 SourceRange()); 3619} 3620 3621/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3622/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3623/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3624/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3625/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3626/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3627/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3628/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3629bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3630 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3631 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3632 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3633 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3634 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3635 return true; 3636 } 3637 3638 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3639 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3640 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3641 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3642 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3643 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3644 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3645 return true; 3646 } 3647 3648 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3649 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3650 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3651 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3652 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3653 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3654 return true; 3655 } 3656 } 3657 3658 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3659 3660 return false; 3661} 3662 3663DeclarationNameInfo 3664ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3665 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3666 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3667 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3668 case TemplateName::Template: 3669 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3670 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3671 NameLoc); 3672 3673 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3674 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3675 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3676 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3677 } 3678 3679 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3680 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3681 DeclarationName DName; 3682 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3683 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3684 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3685 } else { 3686 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3687 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3688 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3689 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3690 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3691 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3692 } 3693 } 3694 3695 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3696 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3697 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3698 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3699 NameLoc); 3700 } 3701 3702 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3703 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3704 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3705 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3706 NameLoc); 3707 } 3708 } 3709 3710 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3711} 3712 3713TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3714 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3715 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3716 case TemplateName::Template: { 3717 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3718 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3719 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3720 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3721 3722 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3723 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3724 } 3725 3726 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3727 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3728 3729 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3730 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3731 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3732 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3733 } 3734 3735 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3736 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3737 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3738 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3739 } 3740 3741 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3742 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3743 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3744 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3745 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3746 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3747 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3748 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3753} 3754 3755bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3756 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3757 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3758 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3759} 3760 3761TemplateArgument 3762ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3763 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3764 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3765 return Arg; 3766 3767 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3768 return Arg; 3769 3770 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3771 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3772 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3773 } 3774 3775 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3776 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3777 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3778 3779 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3780 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3781 3782 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3783 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3784 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3785 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3786 3787 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3788 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3789 3790 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3791 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3792 3793 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3794 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3795 return Arg; 3796 3797 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3798 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3799 unsigned Idx = 0; 3800 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3801 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3802 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3803 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3804 3805 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3806 } 3807 } 3808 3809 // Silence GCC warning 3810 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3811} 3812 3813NestedNameSpecifier * 3814ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3815 if (!NNS) 3816 return 0; 3817 3818 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3819 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3820 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3821 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3822 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3823 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3824 3825 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3826 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3827 // this namespace and no prefix. 3828 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3829 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3830 3831 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3832 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3833 // this namespace and no prefix. 3834 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3835 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3836 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3837 3838 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3839 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3840 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3841 3842 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3843 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3844 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3845 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3846 // types, e.g., 3847 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3848 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3849 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3850 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3851 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3852 3853 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3854 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3855 // first place? 3856 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3857 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3858 } 3859 3860 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3861 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3862 return NNS; 3863 } 3864 3865 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3866} 3867 3868 3869const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3870 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3871 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3872 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3873 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3874 return AT; 3875 } 3876 3877 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3878 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3879 return 0; 3880 3881 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3882 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3883 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3884 3885 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3886 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3887 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3888 3889 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3890 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3891 3892 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3893 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3894 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3895 return ATy; 3896 3897 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3898 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3899 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3900 3901 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3902 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3903 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3904 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3905 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3906 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3907 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3908 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3909 3910 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3911 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3912 return cast<ArrayType>( 3913 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3914 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3915 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3916 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3917 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3918 3919 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3920 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3921 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3922 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3923 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3924 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3925} 3926 3927QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3928 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3929 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3930 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3931 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3932 // the array type derivation. 3933 if (T->isArrayType()) 3934 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3935 3936 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3937 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3938 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3939 // in 6.3.2.1. 3940 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3941 return getPointerType(T); 3942 3943 return T; 3944} 3945 3946QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3947 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3948 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3949 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3950} 3951 3952/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3953/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3954/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3955/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3956/// 3957/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3958QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3959 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3960 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3961 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3962 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3963 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3964 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3965 3966 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3967 3968 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3969 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3970} 3971 3972QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3973 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3974} 3975 3976QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3977 Qualifiers qs; 3978 while (true) { 3979 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3980 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3981 if (!array) break; 3982 3983 type = array->getElementType(); 3984 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3985 } 3986 3987 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3988} 3989 3990/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3991uint64_t 3992ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3993 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3994 do { 3995 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3996 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3997 } while (CA); 3998 return ElementCount; 3999} 4000 4001/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4002/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4003static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4004 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4005 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4006 4007 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4008 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4009 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4010 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4011 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4012 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4013 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4014 } 4015} 4016 4017/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4018/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4019/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4020/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4021QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4022 QualType Domain) const { 4023 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4024 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4025 switch (EltRank) { 4026 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4027 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4028 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4029 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4030 } 4031 } 4032 4033 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4034 switch (EltRank) { 4035 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 4036 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4037 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4038 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4039 } 4040 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4041} 4042 4043/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4044/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4045/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4046/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4047int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4048 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4049 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4050 4051 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4052 return 0; 4053 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4054 return 1; 4055 return -1; 4056} 4057 4058/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4059/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4060/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4061unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4062 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4063 4064 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4065 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4066 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4067 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4068 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4069 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4070 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4071 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4072 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4073 case BuiltinType::Short: 4074 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4075 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4076 case BuiltinType::Int: 4077 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4078 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4079 case BuiltinType::Long: 4080 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4081 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4082 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4083 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4084 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4085 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4086 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4087 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4088 } 4089} 4090 4091/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4092/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4093/// 4094/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4095/// promotion occurs. 4096QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4097 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4098 return QualType(); 4099 4100 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4101 if (!Field) 4102 return QualType(); 4103 4104 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4105 4106 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4107 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4108 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4109 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4110 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4111 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4112 return IntTy; 4113 4114 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4115 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4116 4117 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4118 // like the base type. 4119 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4120 // is ridiculous. 4121 return QualType(); 4122} 4123 4124/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4125/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4126/// integer type. 4127QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4128 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4129 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4130 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4131 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4132 4133 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4134 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4135 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4136 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4137 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4138 // unsigned long long int [...] 4139 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4140 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4141 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4142 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4143 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4144 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4145 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4146 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4147 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4148 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4149 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4150 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4151 (FromSize == ToSize && 4152 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4153 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4154 } 4155 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4156 } 4157 } 4158 4159 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4160 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4161 return IntTy; 4162 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4163 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4164 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4165 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4166} 4167 4168/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4169/// type and returns its ownership. 4170Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4171 while (!T.isNull()) { 4172 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4173 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4174 if (T->isArrayType()) 4175 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4176 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4177 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4178 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4179 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4180 else 4181 break; 4182 } 4183 4184 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4185} 4186 4187/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4188/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4189/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4190int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4191 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4192 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4193 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4194 4195 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4196 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4197 4198 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4199 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4200 4201 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4202 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4203 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4204 } 4205 4206 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4207 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4208 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4209 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4210 return 1; 4211 4212 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4213 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4214 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4215 return -1; 4216 } 4217 4218 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4219 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4220 return -1; 4221 4222 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4223 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4224 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4225 return 1; 4226} 4227 4228static RecordDecl * 4229CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4230 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4231 SourceLocation Loc; 4232 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4233 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4234 else 4235 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4236} 4237 4238// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4239QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4240 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4241 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4242 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4243 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4244 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4245 4246 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4247 4248 // const int *isa; 4249 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4250 // int flags; 4251 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4252 // const char *str; 4253 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4254 // long length; 4255 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4256 4257 // Create fields 4258 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4259 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4260 SourceLocation(), 4261 SourceLocation(), 0, 4262 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4263 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4264 /*Mutable=*/false, 4265 ICIS_NoInit); 4266 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4267 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4268 } 4269 4270 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4271 } 4272 4273 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4274} 4275 4276void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4277 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4278 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4279 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4280} 4281 4282QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4283 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4284 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4285 4286 RecordDecl *T; 4287 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4288 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4289 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4290 T->startDefinition(); 4291 4292 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4293 UnsignedLongTy, 4294 UnsignedLongTy, 4295 }; 4296 4297 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4298 "reserved", 4299 "Size" 4300 }; 4301 4302 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4303 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4304 SourceLocation(), 4305 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4306 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4307 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4308 /*Mutable=*/false, 4309 ICIS_NoInit); 4310 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4311 T->addDecl(Field); 4312 } 4313 4314 T->completeDefinition(); 4315 4316 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4317 4318 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4319} 4320 4321QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4322 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4323 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4324 4325 RecordDecl *T; 4326 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4327 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4328 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4329 T->startDefinition(); 4330 4331 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4332 UnsignedLongTy, 4333 UnsignedLongTy, 4334 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4335 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4336 }; 4337 4338 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4339 "reserved", 4340 "Size", 4341 "CopyFuncPtr", 4342 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4343 }; 4344 4345 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4346 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4347 SourceLocation(), 4348 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4349 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4350 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4351 /*Mutable=*/false, 4352 ICIS_NoInit); 4353 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4354 T->addDecl(Field); 4355 } 4356 4357 T->completeDefinition(); 4358 4359 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4360 4361 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4362} 4363 4364/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4365/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4366/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4367bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4368 const VarDecl *D) { 4369 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4370 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4371 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4372 4373 return true; 4374 } 4375 4376 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4377 4378 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4379 4380 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4381 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4382 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4383 4384 switch (lifetime) { 4385 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4386 4387 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4388 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4389 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4390 return false; 4391 4392 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4393 // byref routines. 4394 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4395 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4396 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4397 return true; 4398 } 4399 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4400 } 4401 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4402 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4403} 4404 4405bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4406 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4407 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4408 4409 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4410 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4411 return false; 4412 4413 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4414 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 4415 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4416 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4417 } 4418 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4419 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4420 // MRR. 4421 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4422 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4423 else 4424 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4425 return true; 4426} 4427 4428TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4429 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4430 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4431 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4432 SourceLocation(), 4433 SourceLocation(), 4434 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4435 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4436 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4437} 4438 4439// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4440// typedef <type> BOOL; 4441static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4442 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4443 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4444 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4445 4446 return false; 4447} 4448 4449/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4450/// purpose. 4451CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4452 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4453 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4454 4455 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4456 4457 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4458 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4459 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4460 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4461 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4462 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4463 return sz; 4464} 4465 4466static inline 4467std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4468 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4469} 4470 4471/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4472/// declaration. 4473std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4474 std::string S; 4475 4476 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4477 QualType BlockTy = 4478 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4479 // Encode result type. 4480 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4481 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4482 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4483 S, true /*Extended*/); 4484 else 4485 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4486 S); 4487 // Compute size of all parameters. 4488 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4489 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4490 SourceLocation Loc; 4491 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4492 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4493 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4494 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4495 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4496 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4497 if (sz.isZero()) 4498 continue; 4499 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4500 ParmOffset += sz; 4501 } 4502 // Size of the argument frame 4503 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4504 // Block pointer and offset. 4505 S += "@?0"; 4506 4507 // Argument types. 4508 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4509 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4510 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4511 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4512 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4513 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4514 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4515 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4516 // elements. 4517 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4518 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4519 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4520 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4521 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4522 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4523 S, true /*Extended*/); 4524 else 4525 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4526 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4527 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4528 } 4529 4530 return S; 4531} 4532 4533bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4534 std::string& S) { 4535 // Encode result type. 4536 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4537 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4538 // Compute size of all parameters. 4539 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4540 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4541 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4542 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4543 if (sz.isZero()) 4544 continue; 4545 4546 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4547 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4548 ParmOffset += sz; 4549 } 4550 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4551 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4552 4553 // Argument types. 4554 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4555 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4556 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4557 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4558 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4559 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4560 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4561 // elements. 4562 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4563 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4564 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4565 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4566 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4567 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4568 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4569 } 4570 4571 return false; 4572} 4573 4574/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4575/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4576/// block object types. 4577void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4578 QualType T, std::string& S, 4579 bool Extended) const { 4580 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4581 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4582 // Encode parameter type. 4583 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4584 true /*OutermostType*/, 4585 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4586 false /*StructField*/, 4587 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4588 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4589} 4590 4591/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4592/// declaration. 4593bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4594 std::string& S, 4595 bool Extended) const { 4596 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4597 // Encode return type. 4598 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4599 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4600 // Compute size of all parameters. 4601 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4602 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4603 SourceLocation Loc; 4604 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4605 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4606 // their size. 4607 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4608 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4609 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4610 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4611 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4612 if (sz.isZero()) 4613 continue; 4614 4615 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4616 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4617 ParmOffset += sz; 4618 } 4619 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4620 S += "@0:"; 4621 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4622 4623 // Argument types. 4624 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4625 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4626 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4627 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4628 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4629 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4630 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4631 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4632 // elements. 4633 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4634 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4635 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4636 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4637 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4638 PType, S, Extended); 4639 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4640 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4641 } 4642 4643 return false; 4644} 4645 4646/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4647/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4648/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4649/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4650/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4651/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4652/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4653/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4654/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4655/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4656/// @code 4657/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4658/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4659/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4660/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4661/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4662/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4663/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4664/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4665/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4666/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4667/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4668/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4669/// }; 4670/// @endcode 4671void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4672 const Decl *Container, 4673 std::string& S) const { 4674 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4675 bool Dynamic = false; 4676 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4677 4678 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4679 if (Container) { 4680 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4681 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4682 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4683 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4684 i != e; ++i) { 4685 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4686 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4687 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4688 Dynamic = true; 4689 } else { 4690 SynthesizePID = PID; 4691 } 4692 } 4693 } 4694 } else { 4695 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4696 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4697 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4698 i != e; ++i) { 4699 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4700 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4701 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4702 Dynamic = true; 4703 } else { 4704 SynthesizePID = PID; 4705 } 4706 } 4707 } 4708 } 4709 } 4710 4711 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4712 S = "T"; 4713 4714 // Encode result type. 4715 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4716 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4717 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4718 true /* outermost type */, 4719 true /* encoding for property */); 4720 4721 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4722 S += ",R"; 4723 } else { 4724 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4725 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4726 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4727 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4728 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4729 } 4730 } 4731 4732 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4733 // are "dynamic by default". 4734 if (Dynamic) 4735 S += ",D"; 4736 4737 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4738 S += ",N"; 4739 4740 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4741 S += ",G"; 4742 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4743 } 4744 4745 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4746 S += ",S"; 4747 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4748 } 4749 4750 if (SynthesizePID) { 4751 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4752 S += ",V"; 4753 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4754 } 4755 4756 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4757} 4758 4759/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4760/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4761/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4762/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4763/// 4764void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4765 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4766 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4767 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4768 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4769 else 4770 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4771 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4772 } 4773 } 4774} 4775 4776void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4777 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4778 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4779 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4780 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4781 // same type. 4782 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4783 true /* outermost type */); 4784} 4785 4786static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4787 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4788 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4789 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4790 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4791 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4792 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4793 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4794 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4795 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4796 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4797 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4798 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4799 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4800 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4801 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4802 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4803 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4804 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4805 case BuiltinType::Long: 4806 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4807 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4808 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4809 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4810 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4811 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4812 } 4813} 4814 4815static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4816 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4817 4818 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4819 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4820 return 'i'; 4821 4822 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4823 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4824} 4825 4826static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4827 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4828 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4829 S += 'b'; 4830 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4831 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4832 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4833 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4834 // 4835 // struct 4836 // { 4837 // int integer; 4838 // int flags:2; 4839 // }; 4840 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4841 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4842 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4843 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4844 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4845 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4846 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4847 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4848 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4849 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4850 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4851 else 4852 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4853 } 4854 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4855} 4856 4857// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4858void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4859 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4860 bool ExpandStructures, 4861 const FieldDecl *FD, 4862 bool OutermostType, 4863 bool EncodingProperty, 4864 bool StructField, 4865 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4866 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4867 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4868 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4869 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4870 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4871 return; 4872 } 4873 4874 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4875 S += 'j'; 4876 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4877 false); 4878 return; 4879 } 4880 4881 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4882 QualType PointeeTy; 4883 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4884 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4885 S += ':'; 4886 return; 4887 } 4888 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4889 } 4890 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4891 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4892 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4893 bool isReadOnly = false; 4894 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4895 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4896 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4897 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4898 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4899 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4900 isReadOnly = true; 4901 S += 'r'; 4902 } 4903 } else if (OutermostType) { 4904 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4905 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4906 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4907 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4908 isReadOnly = true; 4909 S += 'r'; 4910 } 4911 } 4912 if (isReadOnly) { 4913 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4914 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4915 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4916 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4917 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4918 } 4919 4920 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4921 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4922 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4923 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4924 S += '*'; 4925 return; 4926 } 4927 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4928 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4929 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4930 S += '#'; 4931 return; 4932 } 4933 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4934 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4935 S += '@'; 4936 return; 4937 } 4938 // fall through... 4939 } 4940 S += '^'; 4941 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4942 4943 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4944 NULL); 4945 return; 4946 } 4947 4948 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4949 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4950 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4951 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4952 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4953 S += '^'; 4954 4955 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4956 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4957 } else { 4958 S += '['; 4959 4960 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4961 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4962 S += '0'; 4963 else 4964 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4965 } else { 4966 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4967 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4968 "Unknown array type!"); 4969 S += '0'; 4970 } 4971 4972 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4973 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4974 S += ']'; 4975 } 4976 return; 4977 } 4978 4979 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4980 S += '?'; 4981 return; 4982 } 4983 4984 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4985 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4986 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4987 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4988 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4989 S += II->getName(); 4990 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4991 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4992 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4993 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4994 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4995 TemplateArgs.data(), 4996 TemplateArgs.size(), 4997 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4998 4999 S += TemplateArgsStr; 5000 } 5001 } else { 5002 S += '?'; 5003 } 5004 if (ExpandStructures) { 5005 S += '='; 5006 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5007 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5008 } else { 5009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5010 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5011 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5012 if (FD) { 5013 S += '"'; 5014 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5015 S += '"'; 5016 } 5017 5018 // Special case bit-fields. 5019 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5020 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5021 *Field); 5022 } else { 5023 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5024 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5025 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5026 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5027 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5028 /*StructField*/true); 5029 } 5030 } 5031 } 5032 } 5033 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5034 return; 5035 } 5036 5037 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5038 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5039 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5040 else 5041 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 5042 return; 5043 } 5044 5045 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 5046 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5047 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5048 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5049 5050 S += '<'; 5051 // Block return type 5052 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5053 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5054 FD, 5055 false /* OutermostType */, 5056 EncodingProperty, 5057 false /* StructField */, 5058 EncodeBlockParameters, 5059 EncodeClassNames); 5060 // Block self 5061 S += "@?"; 5062 // Block parameters 5063 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5064 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5065 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5066 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5067 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5068 ExpandStructures, 5069 FD, 5070 false /* OutermostType */, 5071 EncodingProperty, 5072 false /* StructField */, 5073 EncodeBlockParameters, 5074 EncodeClassNames); 5075 } 5076 } 5077 S += '>'; 5078 } 5079 return; 5080 } 5081 5082 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5083 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 5084 T = OT->getBaseType(); 5085 5086 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 5087 // @encode(class_name) 5088 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5089 S += '{'; 5090 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5091 S += II->getName(); 5092 S += '='; 5093 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5094 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5095 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5096 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5097 if (Field->isBitField()) 5098 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5099 else 5100 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 5101 } 5102 S += '}'; 5103 return; 5104 } 5105 5106 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 5107 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5108 S += '@'; 5109 return; 5110 } 5111 5112 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5113 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5114 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5115 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5116 S += '#'; 5117 return; 5118 } 5119 5120 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5121 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5122 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5123 ExpandStructures, FD); 5124 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5125 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5126 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5127 S += '"'; 5128 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5129 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5130 S += '<'; 5131 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5132 S += '>'; 5133 } 5134 S += '"'; 5135 } 5136 return; 5137 } 5138 5139 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5140 if (!EncodingProperty && 5141 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5142 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5143 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5144 // {...}; 5145 S += '^'; 5146 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5147 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5148 NULL); 5149 return; 5150 } 5151 5152 S += '@'; 5153 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5154 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5155 S += '"'; 5156 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5157 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5158 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5159 S += '<'; 5160 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5161 S += '>'; 5162 } 5163 S += '"'; 5164 } 5165 return; 5166 } 5167 5168 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5169 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 5170 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5171 return; 5172 5173 if (T->isVectorType()) { 5174 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5175 // insufficient. 5176 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5177 return; 5178 } 5179 5180 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 5181} 5182 5183void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5184 std::string &S, 5185 const FieldDecl *FD, 5186 bool includeVBases) const { 5187 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5188 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5189 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5190 return; 5191 5192 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5193 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5194 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5195 5196 if (CXXRec) { 5197 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5198 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5199 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5200 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5201 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5202 if (base->isEmpty()) 5203 continue; 5204 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5205 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5206 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5207 } 5208 } 5209 } 5210 5211 unsigned i = 0; 5212 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5213 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5214 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5215 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5216 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5217 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5218 } 5219 5220 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5221 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5222 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5223 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5224 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5225 if (base->isEmpty()) 5226 continue; 5227 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5228 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5229 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5230 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5231 } 5232 } 5233 5234 CharUnits size; 5235 if (CXXRec) { 5236 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5237 } else { 5238 size = layout.getSize(); 5239 } 5240 5241 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5242 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5243 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5244 5245 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5246 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5247 if (FD) { 5248 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5249 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5250 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5251 S += recname; 5252 S += '"'; 5253 } 5254 S += "^^?"; 5255 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5256 } 5257 5258 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5259 // Mark the end of the structure. 5260 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5261 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5262 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5263 } 5264 5265 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5266 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5267 5268 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5269 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5270 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5271 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5272 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5273 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5274 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5275 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5276 // longer then though. 5277 CurOffs += padding; 5278 } 5279 5280 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5281 if (dcl == 0) 5282 break; // reached end of structure. 5283 5284 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5285 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5286 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5287 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5288 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5289 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5290 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5291 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5292 } else { 5293 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5294 if (FD) { 5295 S += '"'; 5296 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5297 S += '"'; 5298 } 5299 5300 if (field->isBitField()) { 5301 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5302 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5303 } else { 5304 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5305 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5306 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5307 /*OutermostType*/false, 5308 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5309 /*StructField*/true); 5310 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5311 } 5312 } 5313 } 5314} 5315 5316void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5317 std::string& S) const { 5318 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5319 S += 'n'; 5320 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5321 S += 'N'; 5322 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5323 S += 'o'; 5324 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5325 S += 'O'; 5326 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5327 S += 'R'; 5328 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5329 S += 'V'; 5330} 5331 5332TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5333 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5334 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5335 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5336 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5337 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5338 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5339 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5340 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5341 } 5342 5343 return ObjCIdDecl; 5344} 5345 5346TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5347 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5348 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5349 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5350 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5351 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5352 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5353 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5354 } 5355 return ObjCSelDecl; 5356} 5357 5358TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5359 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5360 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5361 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5362 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5363 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5364 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5365 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5366 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5367 } 5368 5369 return ObjCClassDecl; 5370} 5371 5372ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5373 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5374 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5375 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5376 SourceLocation(), 5377 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5378 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5379 SourceLocation(), true); 5380 } 5381 5382 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5383} 5384 5385//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5386// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5387//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5388 5389static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5390 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5391 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5392 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5393 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5394 5395 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5396 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5397 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5398 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5399 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5400 TInfo); 5401 return VaListTypeDecl; 5402} 5403 5404static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5405 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5406 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5408 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5409 5410 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5411 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5412 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5413 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5414 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5415 TInfo); 5416 return VaListTypeDecl; 5417} 5418 5419static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5420 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5421 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5422 5423 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5424 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5425 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5426 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5427 5428 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5429 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5430 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5431 5432 // unsigned char gpr; 5433 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5434 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5435 5436 // unsigned char fpr; 5437 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5438 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5439 5440 // unsigned short reserved; 5441 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5442 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5443 5444 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5445 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5446 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5447 5448 // void* reg_save_area; 5449 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5450 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5451 5452 // Create fields 5453 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5454 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5455 SourceLocation(), 5456 SourceLocation(), 5457 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5458 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5459 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5460 /*Mutable=*/false, 5461 ICIS_NoInit); 5462 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5463 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5464 } 5465 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5466 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5467 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5468 5469 // } __va_list_tag; 5470 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5471 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5472 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5473 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5474 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5475 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5476 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5477 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5478 5479 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5480 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5481 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5482 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5483 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5484 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5485 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5486 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5487 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5488 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5489 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5490 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5491 TInfo); 5492 5493 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5494} 5495 5496static TypedefDecl * 5497CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5498 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5499 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5500 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5501 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5502 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5503 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5504 5505 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5506 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5507 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5508 5509 // unsigned gp_offset; 5510 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5511 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5512 5513 // unsigned fp_offset; 5514 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5515 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5516 5517 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5518 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5519 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5520 5521 // void* reg_save_area; 5522 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5523 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5524 5525 // Create fields 5526 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5527 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5528 VaListTagDecl, 5529 SourceLocation(), 5530 SourceLocation(), 5531 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5532 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5533 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5534 /*Mutable=*/false, 5535 ICIS_NoInit); 5536 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5537 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5538 } 5539 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5540 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5541 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5542 5543 // } __va_list_tag; 5544 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5545 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5546 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5547 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5548 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5549 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5550 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5551 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5552 5553 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5554 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5555 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5556 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5557 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5558 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5559 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5560 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5561 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5562 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5563 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5564 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5565 TInfo); 5566 5567 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5568} 5569 5570static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5571 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5572 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5573 QualType IntArrayType 5574 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5575 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5576 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5577 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5578 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5579 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5580 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5581 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5582 5583 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5584} 5585 5586static TypedefDecl * 5587CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5588 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5589 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5590 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5591 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5592 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5593 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5594 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5595 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5596 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5597 5598 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5599 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5600 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5601 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5602 5603 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5604 5605 } else { 5606 // struct __va_list { 5607 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5608 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5609 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5610 } 5611 5612 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5613 5614 // void * __ap; 5615 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5616 VaListDecl, 5617 SourceLocation(), 5618 SourceLocation(), 5619 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5620 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5621 /*TInfo=*/0, 5622 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5623 /*Mutable=*/false, 5624 ICIS_NoInit); 5625 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5626 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5627 5628 // }; 5629 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5630 5631 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5632 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5633 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5634 5635 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5636 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5637 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5638 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5639 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5640 TInfo); 5641 5642 return VaListTypeDecl; 5643} 5644 5645static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5646 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5647 switch (Kind) { 5648 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5649 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5650 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5651 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5652 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5653 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5654 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5655 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5656 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5657 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5658 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5659 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5660 } 5661 5662 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5663} 5664 5665TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5666 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5667 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5668 5669 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5670} 5671 5672QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5673 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5674 // declaration. 5675 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5676 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5677 5678 return VaListTagTy; 5679} 5680 5681void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5682 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5683 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5684 5685 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5686} 5687 5688/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5689/// lookup. 5690TemplateName 5691ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5692 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5693 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5694 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5695 5696 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5697 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5698 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5699 5700 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5701 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5702 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5703 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5704 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5705 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5706 *Storage++ = D; 5707 } 5708 5709 return TemplateName(OT); 5710} 5711 5712/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5713/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5714TemplateName 5715ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5716 bool TemplateKeyword, 5717 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5718 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5719 5720 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5721 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5722 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5723 5724 void *InsertPos = 0; 5725 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5726 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5727 if (!QTN) { 5728 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5729 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5730 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5731 } 5732 5733 return TemplateName(QTN); 5734} 5735 5736/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5737/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5738TemplateName 5739ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5740 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5741 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5742 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5743 5744 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5745 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5746 5747 void *InsertPos = 0; 5748 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5749 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5750 5751 if (QTN) 5752 return TemplateName(QTN); 5753 5754 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5755 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5756 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5757 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5758 } else { 5759 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5760 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5761 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5762 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5763 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5764 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5765 (void)CheckQTN; 5766 } 5767 5768 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5769 return TemplateName(QTN); 5770} 5771 5772/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5773/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5774TemplateName 5775ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5776 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5777 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5778 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5779 5780 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5781 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5782 5783 void *InsertPos = 0; 5784 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5785 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5786 5787 if (QTN) 5788 return TemplateName(QTN); 5789 5790 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5791 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5792 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5793 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5794 } else { 5795 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5796 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5797 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5798 5799 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5800 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5801 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5802 (void)CheckQTN; 5803 } 5804 5805 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5806 return TemplateName(QTN); 5807} 5808 5809TemplateName 5810ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5811 TemplateName replacement) const { 5812 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5813 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5814 5815 void *insertPos = 0; 5816 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5817 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5818 5819 if (!subst) { 5820 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5821 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5822 } 5823 5824 return TemplateName(subst); 5825} 5826 5827TemplateName 5828ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5829 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5830 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5831 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5832 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5833 5834 void *InsertPos = 0; 5835 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5836 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5837 5838 if (!Subst) { 5839 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5840 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5841 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5842 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5843 } 5844 5845 return TemplateName(Subst); 5846} 5847 5848/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5849/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5850/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5851CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5852 switch (Type) { 5853 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5854 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5855 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5856 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5857 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5858 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5859 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5860 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5861 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5862 } 5863 5864 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5865} 5866 5867//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5868// Type Predicates. 5869//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5870 5871/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5872/// garbage collection attribute. 5873/// 5874Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5875 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5876 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5877 5878 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5879 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5880 5881 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5882 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5883 // as __strong. 5884 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5885 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5886 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5887 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5888 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5889 } else { 5890 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5891 // pointer. 5892#ifndef NDEBUG 5893 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5894 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5895 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5896 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5897#endif 5898 } 5899 return GCAttrs; 5900} 5901 5902//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5903// Type Compatibility Testing 5904//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5905 5906/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5907/// compatible. 5908static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5909 const VectorType *RHS) { 5910 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5911 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5912 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5913} 5914 5915bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5916 QualType SecondVec) { 5917 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5918 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5919 5920 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5921 return true; 5922 5923 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5924 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5925 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5926 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5927 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5928 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5929 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5930 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5931 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5932 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5933 return true; 5934 5935 return false; 5936} 5937 5938//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5939// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5940//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5941 5942/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5943/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5944bool 5945ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5946 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5947 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5948 return true; 5949 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5950 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5951 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5952 return true; 5953 return false; 5954} 5955 5956/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 5957/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5958/// otherwise. 5959bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5960 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5961 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5962 return false; 5963} 5964 5965/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 5966/// Class<pr1, ...>. 5967bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5968 QualType rhs) { 5969 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5970 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5971 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5972 5973 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5974 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5975 bool match = false; 5976 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5977 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5978 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5979 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5980 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5981 match = true; 5982 break; 5983 } 5984 } 5985 if (!match) 5986 return false; 5987 } 5988 return true; 5989} 5990 5991/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5992/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5993bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5994 bool compare) { 5995 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5996 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5997 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5998 return true; 5999 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6000 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6001 return true; 6002 6003 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6004 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6005 6006 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6007 6008 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6009 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6010 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6011 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6012 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6013 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6014 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6015 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6016 // through its super class and categories. 6017 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6018 return false; 6019 } 6020 } 6021 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6022 return true; 6023 } 6024 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6025 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6026 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6027 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6028 bool match = false; 6029 6030 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6031 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6032 // through its super class and categories. 6033 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6034 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6035 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6036 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6037 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6038 match = true; 6039 break; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6043 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6044 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6045 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6046 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6047 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6048 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6049 // through its super class and categories. 6050 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6051 match = true; 6052 break; 6053 } 6054 } 6055 } 6056 if (!match) 6057 return false; 6058 } 6059 6060 return true; 6061 } 6062 6063 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6064 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6065 6066 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6067 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6068 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6069 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6070 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6071 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6072 bool match = false; 6073 6074 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6075 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6076 // through its super class and categories. 6077 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6078 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6079 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6080 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6081 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6082 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6083 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6084 match = true; 6085 break; 6086 } 6087 } 6088 if (!match) 6089 return false; 6090 } 6091 6092 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6093 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6094 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6095 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6096 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6097 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6098 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6099 // assume that it is mismatch. 6100 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6101 return false; 6102 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6103 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6104 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6105 bool match = false; 6106 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6107 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6108 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6109 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6110 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6111 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6112 match = true; 6113 break; 6114 } 6115 } 6116 if (!match) 6117 return false; 6118 } 6119 } 6120 return true; 6121 } 6122 return false; 6123} 6124 6125/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6126/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6127/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6128/// 6129bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6130 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6131 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6132 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6133 6134 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6135 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6136 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6137 return true; 6138 6139 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6140 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6141 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6142 false); 6143 6144 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6145 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6146 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6147 6148 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6149 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6150 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6151 6152 return false; 6153} 6154 6155/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6156/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6157/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6158/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6159/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6160bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6161 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6162 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6163 bool BlockReturnType) { 6164 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6165 return true; 6166 6167 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6168 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6169 } 6170 6171 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6172 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6173 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6174 false); 6175 6176 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6177 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6178 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6179 if (LHS != RHS) { 6180 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6181 return BlockReturnType; 6182 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6183 return !BlockReturnType; 6184 } 6185 else 6186 return true; 6187 } 6188 return false; 6189} 6190 6191/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6192/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6193/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6194/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6195static 6196void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6197 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6199 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6200 6201 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6202 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6203 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6204 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6205 6206 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6207 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6208 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6209 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6210 else { 6211 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6212 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6213 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6214 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6215 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6216 } 6217 6218 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6219 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6220 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6221 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6222 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6223 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6224 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6225 } else { 6226 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6227 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6228 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6229 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6230 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6231 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6232 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6233 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6234 } 6235} 6236 6237/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6238/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6239/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6240/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6241QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6242 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6243 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6244 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6245 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6246 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6247 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6248 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6249 return QualType(); 6250 6251 do { 6252 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6253 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6254 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6255 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6256 6257 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6258 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6259 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6260 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6261 return Result; 6262 } 6263 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6264 6265 return QualType(); 6266} 6267 6268bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6269 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6270 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6271 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6272 6273 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6274 // the LHS. 6275 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6276 return false; 6277 6278 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6279 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6280 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6281 return true; 6282 6283 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6284 // more detailed analysis is required. 6285 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6286 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6287 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6288 // false otherwise. 6289 bool IsSuperClass = 6290 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6291 if (IsSuperClass) { 6292 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6293 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6294 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6295 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6296 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6297 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6298 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6299 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6300 return false; 6301 6302 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6303 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6304 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6305 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6306 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6307 6308 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6309 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6310 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6311 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6312 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6313 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6314 break; 6315 } 6316 } 6317 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6318 return false; 6319 } 6320 return true; 6321 } 6322 return false; 6323 } 6324 6325 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6326 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6327 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6328 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6329 6330 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6331 // are incompatible. 6332 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6333 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6334 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6335 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6336 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6337 break; 6338 } 6339 } 6340 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6341 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6342 return false; 6343 } 6344 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6345 return true; 6346} 6347 6348bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6349 // get the "pointed to" types 6350 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6352 6353 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6354 return false; 6355 6356 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6357 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6358} 6359 6360bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6361 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6362 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6363 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6364} 6365 6366/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6367/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6368/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6369/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6370bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6371 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6373 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6374 6375 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6376} 6377 6378bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6379 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6380} 6381 6382bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6383 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6384} 6385 6386/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6387/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6388/// QualType() 6389QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6390 bool OfBlockPointer, 6391 bool Unqualified) { 6392 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6393 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6394 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6395 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6396 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6397 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6398 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6399 if (!MT.isNull()) 6400 return MT; 6401 } 6402 } 6403 } 6404 6405 return QualType(); 6406} 6407 6408/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6409/// argument types 6410QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6411 bool OfBlockPointer, 6412 bool Unqualified) { 6413 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6414 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6415 // type is compatible with a union member 6416 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6417 Unqualified); 6418 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6419 return lmerge; 6420 6421 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6422 Unqualified); 6423 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6424 return rmerge; 6425 6426 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6427} 6428 6429QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6430 bool OfBlockPointer, 6431 bool Unqualified) { 6432 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6433 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6434 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6435 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6436 bool allLTypes = true; 6437 bool allRTypes = true; 6438 6439 // Check return type 6440 QualType retType; 6441 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6442 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6443 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6444 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6445 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6446 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6447 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6448 } 6449 else 6450 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6451 Unqualified); 6452 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6453 6454 if (Unqualified) 6455 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6456 6457 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6458 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6459 if (Unqualified) { 6460 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6461 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6462 } 6463 6464 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6465 allLTypes = false; 6466 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6467 allRTypes = false; 6468 6469 // FIXME: double check this 6470 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6471 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6472 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6473 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6474 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6475 6476 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6477 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6478 return QualType(); 6479 6480 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6481 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6482 return QualType(); 6483 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6484 return QualType(); 6485 6486 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6487 return QualType(); 6488 6489 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 6490 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6491 allLTypes = false; 6492 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6493 allRTypes = false; 6494 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6495 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6496 6497 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6498 6499 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6500 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6501 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6502 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6503 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6504 6505 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6506 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6507 return QualType(); 6508 6509 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6510 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6511 return QualType(); 6512 6513 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6514 return QualType(); 6515 6516 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6517 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6518 return QualType(); 6519 6520 // Check argument compatibility 6521 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6522 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6523 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6524 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6525 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6526 OfBlockPointer, 6527 Unqualified); 6528 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6529 6530 if (Unqualified) 6531 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6532 6533 types.push_back(argtype); 6534 if (Unqualified) { 6535 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6536 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6537 } 6538 6539 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6540 allLTypes = false; 6541 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6542 allRTypes = false; 6543 } 6544 6545 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6546 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6547 6548 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6549 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6550 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6551 } 6552 6553 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6554 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6555 6556 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6557 if (proto) { 6558 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6559 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6560 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6561 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6562 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6563 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6564 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6565 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6566 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6567 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6568 6569 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6570 // to pass enum values. 6571 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6572 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6573 if (argTy.isNull()) 6574 return QualType(); 6575 } 6576 6577 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6578 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6579 return QualType(); 6580 } 6581 6582 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6583 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6584 6585 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6586 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6587 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6588 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6589 } 6590 6591 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6592 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6593 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6594} 6595 6596QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6597 bool OfBlockPointer, 6598 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6599 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6600 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6601 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6602 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6603 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6604 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6605 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6606 6607 if (Unqualified) { 6608 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6609 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6610 } 6611 6612 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6613 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6614 6615 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6616 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6617 return LHS; 6618 6619 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6620 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6621 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6622 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6623 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6624 // mismatch. 6625 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6626 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6627 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6628 return QualType(); 6629 6630 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6631 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6632 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6633 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6634 // qualified __strong. 6635 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6636 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6637 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6638 6639 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6640 return QualType(); 6641 6642 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6643 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6644 } 6645 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6646 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6647 } 6648 return QualType(); 6649 } 6650 6651 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6652 6653 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6654 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6655 6656 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6657 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6658 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6659 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6660 6661 // Same as above for arrays 6662 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6663 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6664 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6665 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6666 6667 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6668 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6669 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6670 6671 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6672 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6673 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6674 6675 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6676 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6677 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6678 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6679 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6680 // type. 6681 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6682 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6683 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6684 return RHS; 6685 } 6686 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6687 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6688 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6689 return LHS; 6690 } 6691 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6692 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6693 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6694 return LHS; 6695 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6696 return RHS; 6697 } 6698 6699 return QualType(); 6700 } 6701 6702 // The canonical type classes match. 6703 switch (LHSClass) { 6704#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6705#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6706#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6707#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6708#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6709#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6710 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6711 6712 case Type::LValueReference: 6713 case Type::RValueReference: 6714 case Type::MemberPointer: 6715 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6716 6717 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6718 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6719 case Type::VariableArray: 6720 case Type::FunctionProto: 6721 case Type::ExtVector: 6722 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6723 6724 case Type::Pointer: 6725 { 6726 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6727 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6728 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6729 if (Unqualified) { 6730 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6731 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6732 } 6733 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6734 Unqualified); 6735 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6736 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6737 return LHS; 6738 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6739 return RHS; 6740 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6741 } 6742 case Type::BlockPointer: 6743 { 6744 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6745 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6746 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6747 if (Unqualified) { 6748 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6749 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6750 } 6751 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6752 Unqualified); 6753 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6754 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6755 return LHS; 6756 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6757 return RHS; 6758 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6759 } 6760 case Type::Atomic: 6761 { 6762 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6763 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6764 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6765 if (Unqualified) { 6766 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6767 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6768 } 6769 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6770 Unqualified); 6771 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6772 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6773 return LHS; 6774 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6775 return RHS; 6776 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6777 } 6778 case Type::ConstantArray: 6779 { 6780 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6781 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6782 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6783 return QualType(); 6784 6785 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6786 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6787 if (Unqualified) { 6788 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6789 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6790 } 6791 6792 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6793 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6794 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6795 return LHS; 6796 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6797 return RHS; 6798 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6799 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6800 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6801 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6802 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6803 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6804 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6805 return LHS; 6806 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6807 return RHS; 6808 if (LVAT) { 6809 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6810 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6811 // has to be different. 6812 return LHS; 6813 } 6814 if (RVAT) { 6815 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6816 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6817 // has to be different. 6818 return RHS; 6819 } 6820 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6821 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6822 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6823 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6824 } 6825 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6826 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6827 case Type::Record: 6828 case Type::Enum: 6829 return QualType(); 6830 case Type::Builtin: 6831 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6832 return QualType(); 6833 case Type::Complex: 6834 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6835 return QualType(); 6836 case Type::Vector: 6837 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6838 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6839 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6840 return LHS; 6841 return QualType(); 6842 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6843 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6844 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6845 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6846 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6847 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6848 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6849 return LHS; 6850 6851 return QualType(); 6852 } 6853 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6854 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6855 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6856 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6857 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6858 BlockReturnType)) 6859 return LHS; 6860 return QualType(); 6861 } 6862 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6863 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6864 return LHS; 6865 6866 return QualType(); 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6871} 6872 6873bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6874 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6875 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6876 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6877 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6878 return false; 6879 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6880 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6881 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6882 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6883 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6884 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6885 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6886 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6887 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6888 return false; 6889 } 6890 return true; 6891} 6892 6893/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6894/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6895/// return types. 6896QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6897 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6898 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6899 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6900 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6901 return LHS; 6902 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6903 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6904 return QualType(); 6905 QualType OldReturnType = 6906 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6907 QualType NewReturnType = 6908 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6909 QualType ResReturnType = 6910 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6911 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6912 return QualType(); 6913 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6914 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6915 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6916 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6917 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6918 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6919 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6920 QualType ResultType 6921 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6922 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6923 return ResultType; 6924 } 6925 } 6926 return QualType(); 6927 } 6928 6929 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6930 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6931 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6932 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6933 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6934 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6935 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6936 return QualType(); 6937 6938 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6939 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6940 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6941 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6942 // qualified __strong. 6943 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6944 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6945 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6946 6947 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6948 return QualType(); 6949 6950 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6951 return LHS; 6952 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6953 return RHS; 6954 return QualType(); 6955 } 6956 6957 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6958 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6959 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6960 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6961 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6962 return LHS; 6963 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6964 return RHS; 6965 } 6966 return QualType(); 6967} 6968 6969//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6970// Integer Predicates 6971//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6972 6973unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6974 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6975 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6976 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6977 return 1; 6978 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6979 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6980} 6981 6982QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 6983 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6984 6985 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6986 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6987 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6988 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6989 6990 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6991 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6992 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6993 6994 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6995 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6996 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6997 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6998 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6999 return UnsignedCharTy; 7000 case BuiltinType::Short: 7001 return UnsignedShortTy; 7002 case BuiltinType::Int: 7003 return UnsignedIntTy; 7004 case BuiltinType::Long: 7005 return UnsignedLongTy; 7006 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7007 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7008 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7009 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7010 default: 7011 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7012 } 7013} 7014 7015ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7016 7017 7018//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7019// Builtin Type Computation 7020//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7021 7022/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7023/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7024/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7025/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7026/// a vector of "i*". 7027/// 7028/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7029/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7030static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7031 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7032 bool &RequiresICE, 7033 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7034 // Modifiers. 7035 int HowLong = 0; 7036 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7037 RequiresICE = false; 7038 7039 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7040 bool Done = false; 7041 while (!Done) { 7042 switch (*Str++) { 7043 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7044 case 'I': 7045 RequiresICE = true; 7046 break; 7047 case 'S': 7048 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7049 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7050 Signed = true; 7051 break; 7052 case 'U': 7053 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7054 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7055 Unsigned = true; 7056 break; 7057 case 'L': 7058 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7059 ++HowLong; 7060 break; 7061 } 7062 } 7063 7064 QualType Type; 7065 7066 // Read the base type. 7067 switch (*Str++) { 7068 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7069 case 'v': 7070 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7071 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7072 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7073 break; 7074 case 'f': 7075 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7076 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7077 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7078 break; 7079 case 'd': 7080 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7081 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7082 if (HowLong) 7083 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7084 else 7085 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7086 break; 7087 case 's': 7088 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7089 if (Unsigned) 7090 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7091 else 7092 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7093 break; 7094 case 'i': 7095 if (HowLong == 3) 7096 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7097 else if (HowLong == 2) 7098 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7099 else if (HowLong == 1) 7100 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7101 else 7102 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7103 break; 7104 case 'c': 7105 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7106 if (Signed) 7107 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7108 else if (Unsigned) 7109 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7110 else 7111 Type = Context.CharTy; 7112 break; 7113 case 'b': // boolean 7114 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7115 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7116 break; 7117 case 'z': // size_t. 7118 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7119 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7120 break; 7121 case 'F': 7122 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7123 break; 7124 case 'G': 7125 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7126 break; 7127 case 'H': 7128 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7129 break; 7130 case 'a': 7131 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7132 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7133 break; 7134 case 'A': 7135 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7136 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7137 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7138 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7139 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7140 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7141 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7142 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7143 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7144 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7145 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7146 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7147 else 7148 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7149 break; 7150 case 'V': { 7151 char *End; 7152 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7153 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7154 Str = End; 7155 7156 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7157 RequiresICE, false); 7158 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7159 7160 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7161 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7162 VectorType::GenericVector); 7163 break; 7164 } 7165 case 'E': { 7166 char *End; 7167 7168 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7169 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7170 7171 Str = End; 7172 7173 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7174 false); 7175 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7176 break; 7177 } 7178 case 'X': { 7179 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7180 false); 7181 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7182 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7183 break; 7184 } 7185 case 'Y' : { 7186 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7187 break; 7188 } 7189 case 'P': 7190 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7191 if (Type.isNull()) { 7192 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7193 return QualType(); 7194 } 7195 break; 7196 case 'J': 7197 if (Signed) 7198 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7199 else 7200 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7201 7202 if (Type.isNull()) { 7203 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7204 return QualType(); 7205 } 7206 break; 7207 case 'K': 7208 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7209 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7210 7211 if (Type.isNull()) { 7212 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7213 return QualType(); 7214 } 7215 break; 7216 case 'p': 7217 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7218 break; 7219 } 7220 7221 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7222 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7223 while (!Done) { 7224 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7225 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7226 case '*': 7227 case '&': { 7228 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7229 // qualified with an address space. 7230 char *End; 7231 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7232 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7233 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7234 Str = End; 7235 } 7236 if (c == '*') 7237 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7238 else 7239 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7240 break; 7241 } 7242 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7243 case 'C': 7244 Type = Type.withConst(); 7245 break; 7246 case 'D': 7247 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7248 break; 7249 case 'R': 7250 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7251 break; 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7256 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7257 7258 return Type; 7259} 7260 7261/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7262QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7263 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7264 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7265 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7266 7267 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7268 7269 bool RequiresICE = false; 7270 Error = GE_None; 7271 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7272 RequiresICE, true); 7273 if (Error != GE_None) 7274 return QualType(); 7275 7276 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7277 7278 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7279 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7280 if (Error != GE_None) 7281 return QualType(); 7282 7283 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7284 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7285 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7286 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7287 7288 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7289 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7290 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7291 7292 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7293 } 7294 7295 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7296 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7297 7298 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7299 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7300 7301 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7302 7303 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7304 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7305 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7306 7307 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7308 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7309 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7310 7311 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7312} 7313 7314GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7315 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7316 7317 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7318 switch (L) { 7319 case NoLinkage: 7320 case InternalLinkage: 7321 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7322 return GVA_Internal; 7323 7324 case ExternalLinkage: 7325 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7326 case TSK_Undeclared: 7327 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7328 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7329 break; 7330 7331 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7332 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7333 7334 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7335 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7336 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7337 break; 7338 } 7339 } 7340 7341 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7342 return External; 7343 7344 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7345 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7346 // externally visible. 7347 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7348 return External; 7349 7350 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7351 return GVA_C99Inline; 7352 } 7353 7354 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7355 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7356 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7357 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7358 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7359 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7360 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7361 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7362 return GVA_C99Inline; 7363 7364 return GVA_CXXInline; 7365} 7366 7367GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7368 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7369 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7370 // template. 7371 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7372 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7373 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7374 7375 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7376 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7377 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7378 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7379 7380 switch (L) { 7381 case NoLinkage: 7382 case InternalLinkage: 7383 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7384 return GVA_Internal; 7385 7386 case ExternalLinkage: 7387 switch (TSK) { 7388 case TSK_Undeclared: 7389 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7390 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7391 7392 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7393 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7394 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7395 7396 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7397 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7398 7399 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7400 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7401 } 7402 } 7403 7404 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7405} 7406 7407bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7408 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7409 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7410 return false; 7411 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7412 return false; 7413 7414 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7415 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7416 return false; 7417 7418 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7419 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7420 return true; 7421 7422 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7423 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7424 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7425 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7426 7427 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7428 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7429 return true; 7430 7431 // The key function for a class is required. 7432 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7433 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7434 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7435 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7436 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7437 return true; 7438 } 7439 } 7440 7441 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7442 7443 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7444 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7445 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7446 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7447 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7448 return false; 7449 return true; 7450 } 7451 7452 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7453 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7454 7455 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7456 return false; 7457 7458 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7459 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7460 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7461 return true; 7462 7463 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7464 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7465 return true; 7466 7467 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7468 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7469 return true; 7470 7471 return false; 7472} 7473 7474CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7475 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7476 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7477} 7478 7479CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7480 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7481 return CC_Default; 7482 return CC; 7483} 7484 7485bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7486 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7487 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7488} 7489 7490MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7491 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7492 case CXXABI_ARM: 7493 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7494 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7495 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7496 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7497 } 7498 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7499} 7500 7501CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7502 7503size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7504 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7505 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7506 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7507 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7508 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7509 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7510 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7511 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7512 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7513 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7514 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7515 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7516 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7517 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7518} 7519 7520void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7521 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7522 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7523 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7524 return; 7525 7526 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7527 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7528 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7529} 7530 7531int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7532 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7533 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7534 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7535} 7536 7537unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7538 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7539 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7540 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7541} 7542 7543 7544void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7545 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7546} 7547 7548unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7549 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7550 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7551 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7552 return I->second; 7553} 7554